1 /*******************************************************************************
3 Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
4 Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
8 version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
10 This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
12 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
15 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
16 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
17 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
19 The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
20 the file called "COPYING".
23 Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
24 e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
25 Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
27 *******************************************************************************/
30 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
36 static int32_t e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask);
37 static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask);
38 static int32_t e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr, uint16_t *data);
39 static int32_t e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr, uint16_t data);
40 static int32_t e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
41 static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
43 static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
44 static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
45 static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, e1000_rev_polarity *polarity);
46 static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
47 static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
48 static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
49 static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t link_up);
50 static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
51 static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
52 static int32_t e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t bank);
53 static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
54 static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t *min_length, uint16_t *max_length);
55 static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
56 static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
57 static int32_t e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
58 static int32_t e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
59 static int32_t e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout);
60 static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
61 static int32_t e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size);
62 static int32_t e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw);
63 static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
64 static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
65 static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
66 static int32_t e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
67 static int32_t e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw);
68 static int32_t e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum);
69 static int32_t e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw* hw, struct e1000_host_mng_command_header* hdr);
70 static int32_t e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw);
71 static int32_t e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
72 static int32_t e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
73 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
74 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
75 static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
76 static int32_t e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
77 static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
78 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t *data);
79 static int32_t e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte);
80 static int32_t e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte);
81 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data);
82 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size, uint16_t *data);
83 static int32_t e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size, uint16_t data);
84 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
85 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
86 static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
87 static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
88 static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
89 static int32_t e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop);
90 static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw);
91 static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
92 static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset, uint32_t value);
93 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
94 static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
95 static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
96 static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
97 static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
98 static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
99 static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
100 static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
101 static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
102 static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
104 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
105 static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
106 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
107 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
108 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
109 uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
111 static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
112 static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
113 static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
114 static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
116 static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
118 static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
120 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
121 static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
122 static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
123 static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
124 static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
125 static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
126 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
127 static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
128 static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
129 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw,
131 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);
133 /* IGP cable length table */
135 uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
136 { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
137 5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
138 25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
139 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
140 60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
141 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
142 100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
143 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
146 uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
147 { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
148 0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
149 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
150 21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
151 40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
152 60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
153 83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
154 104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
156 /******************************************************************************
157 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
159 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
160 *****************************************************************************/
162 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
164 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
166 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
167 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
169 switch (hw->phy_id) {
170 case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
171 case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
172 case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
173 case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
174 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
176 case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
177 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
178 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
179 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
180 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
181 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
184 case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
185 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
188 case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
190 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
192 case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
193 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
194 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
199 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
200 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
201 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
204 return E1000_SUCCESS;
207 /******************************************************************************
208 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
210 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
211 *****************************************************************************/
213 e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
216 uint16_t phy_saved_data;
218 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
220 if (hw->phy_init_script) {
223 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
224 * the end of this routine. */
225 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
227 /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
228 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
232 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
236 switch (hw->mac_type) {
239 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
241 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
243 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
245 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
247 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
249 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
251 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
253 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
255 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
258 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
259 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
260 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
266 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
270 /* Now enable the transmitter */
271 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
273 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
274 uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;
276 /* Move to analog registers page */
277 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
279 if (!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
280 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
282 fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
283 coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
285 if (coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
286 coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
287 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
288 } else if (coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
289 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
291 fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
292 (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
293 (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
295 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
296 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
297 IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
303 /******************************************************************************
304 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
306 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
307 *****************************************************************************/
309 e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
311 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
313 switch (hw->device_id) {
314 case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
315 switch (hw->revision_id) {
316 case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
317 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
319 case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
320 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
323 /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
324 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
327 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
328 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
329 hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
331 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
332 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
333 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
334 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
335 hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
337 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
338 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
339 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
340 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
341 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
342 hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
344 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
345 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
346 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
348 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
349 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
350 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
351 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
353 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
354 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
355 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
356 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
358 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
359 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
360 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
361 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
362 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
363 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
364 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
366 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
367 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
368 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
369 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
371 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
372 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
373 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
374 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
375 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
377 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
378 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
379 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
381 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
382 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
384 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
385 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
386 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
387 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER:
388 hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
390 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
391 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
392 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
393 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
394 hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
396 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
397 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
398 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
399 hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
401 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
402 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
403 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
404 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
405 hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
407 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
408 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
409 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
410 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
411 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
412 hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
415 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
416 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
419 switch (hw->mac_type) {
421 hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = TRUE;
422 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
424 case e1000_80003es2lan:
425 hw->swfw_sync_present = TRUE;
430 hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
434 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
435 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
436 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
442 return E1000_SUCCESS;
445 /*****************************************************************************
446 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
448 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
449 * **************************************************************************/
451 e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
455 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
457 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
458 /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
459 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
462 switch (hw->device_id) {
463 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
464 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
465 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
466 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
467 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
468 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
471 switch (hw->mac_type) {
472 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
473 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
474 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
478 /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
481 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
484 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
485 if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
486 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
487 /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
488 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
490 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
497 /******************************************************************************
498 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
500 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
501 *****************************************************************************/
503 e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
511 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
514 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
516 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
517 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
518 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
519 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
522 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
523 /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
524 * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
526 if (e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
527 DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
531 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
532 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
533 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
535 /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
536 * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
539 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
540 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
541 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
543 /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
544 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
546 /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
547 * resetting the device
551 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
553 /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
554 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
555 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
559 /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
560 * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
561 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
564 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
565 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
568 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
569 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
571 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
574 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
581 /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
582 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
583 /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
584 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
585 /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
586 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
589 /* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
590 * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
591 * the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
592 * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
594 DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
596 switch (hw->mac_type) {
602 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
603 /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
604 * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
605 E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
607 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
608 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
609 /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
610 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
613 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
614 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
615 /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
616 * at the same time to make sure the interface between
617 * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
619 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
622 e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
623 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
627 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
631 /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
632 * device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
633 * for reload to complete.
635 switch (hw->mac_type) {
636 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
637 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
640 /* Wait for reset to complete */
642 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
643 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
644 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
645 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
646 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
650 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
652 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
653 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
657 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
659 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
660 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
661 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
662 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
666 /* Auto read done will delay 5ms or poll based on mac type */
667 ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
673 /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
674 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
675 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
676 manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
677 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
680 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
681 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
683 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
684 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
685 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
686 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
687 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
690 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
691 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
692 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
694 /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
695 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
697 /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
698 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
699 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
700 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
703 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
704 uint32_t kab = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KABGTXD);
705 kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
706 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KABGTXD, kab);
709 return E1000_SUCCESS;
712 /******************************************************************************
714 * Initialize a number of hardware-dependent bits
716 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
718 * This function contains hardware limitation workarounds for PCI-E adapters
720 *****************************************************************************/
722 e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
724 if ((hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571) && (!hw->initialize_hw_bits_disable)) {
725 /* Settings common to all PCI-express silicon */
726 uint32_t reg_ctrl, reg_ctrl_ext;
727 uint32_t reg_tarc0, reg_tarc1;
729 uint32_t reg_txdctl, reg_txdctl1;
731 /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
732 reg_tarc0 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC0);
733 reg_tarc0 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29)|(1 << 28)|(1 << 27));
735 /* Enable not-done TX descriptor counting */
736 reg_txdctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
737 reg_txdctl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
738 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, reg_txdctl);
739 reg_txdctl1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
740 reg_txdctl1 |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
741 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, reg_txdctl1);
743 switch (hw->mac_type) {
746 /* Clear PHY TX compatible mode bits */
747 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
748 reg_tarc1 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29));
750 /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
751 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
753 /* TX ring control fixes */
754 reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24));
756 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
757 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
758 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
759 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
761 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
763 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
766 reg_ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
767 reg_ctrl_ext &= ~(1 << 23);
768 reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
770 /* TX byte count fix */
771 reg_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
772 reg_ctrl &= ~(1 << 29);
774 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
775 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg_ctrl);
777 case e1000_80003es2lan:
778 /* improve small packet performace for fiber/serdes */
779 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
780 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
781 reg_tarc0 &= ~(1 << 20);
784 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
785 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
786 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
787 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
788 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
790 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
792 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
795 /* Reduce concurrent DMA requests to 3 from 4 */
796 if ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
797 ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
798 (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))
799 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 29)|(1 << 28));
801 reg_ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
802 reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
803 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
805 /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
806 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 27)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
808 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
809 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
810 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
811 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
812 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
814 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
816 /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
817 reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 30)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24));
819 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
825 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC0, reg_tarc0);
829 /******************************************************************************
830 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
832 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
834 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
835 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
836 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
837 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
838 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
839 *****************************************************************************/
841 e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
846 uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
847 uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
854 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
856 /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
857 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) &&
858 ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
859 ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
860 (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))) {
861 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
862 reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
863 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
866 /* Initialize Identification LED */
867 ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
869 DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
873 /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
874 e1000_set_media_type(hw);
876 /* Must be called after e1000_set_media_type because media_type is used */
877 e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(hw);
879 /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
880 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
881 /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
882 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
883 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
884 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
885 e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
888 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
889 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
890 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
891 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
892 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
893 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
897 /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
898 * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
900 e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
902 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
903 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
904 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
905 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
907 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
908 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
911 /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
912 DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
913 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
914 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
915 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
916 for (i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
917 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
918 /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
919 * occuring when accessing our register space */
920 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
923 /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
924 * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
925 * gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
926 * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
928 if (hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
929 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
930 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
933 switch (hw->mac_type) {
934 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
935 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
938 /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
939 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
940 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
941 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
943 cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
944 PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
945 stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
946 PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
947 if (stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
948 stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
949 if (cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
950 pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
951 pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
952 e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
959 /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
960 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
963 /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
964 ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
966 /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
967 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
968 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
969 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
970 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
973 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
974 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
977 switch (hw->mac_type) {
980 case e1000_80003es2lan:
981 /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
982 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
983 reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
984 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, reg_data);
986 /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
987 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT);
988 reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
989 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
990 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT, reg_data);
992 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
993 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
994 reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
995 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
996 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, reg_data);
998 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
999 reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
1000 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
1005 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
1006 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
1007 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
1012 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
1013 uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
1014 gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
1015 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
1018 /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
1019 * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
1020 * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
1023 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
1025 /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
1026 * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
1027 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
1028 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
1030 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
1031 hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
1032 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
1033 /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
1034 * error crash in a PCI slot. */
1035 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
1036 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
1042 /******************************************************************************
1043 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
1045 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
1046 *****************************************************************************/
1048 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1050 uint16_t eeprom_data;
1053 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
1055 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
1056 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1058 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1059 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
1060 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
1063 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1066 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
1071 if (eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
1072 /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
1073 eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
1074 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
1079 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1082 /******************************************************************************
1083 * Configures flow control and link settings.
1085 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1087 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
1088 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
1089 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
1090 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
1091 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
1092 *****************************************************************************/
1094 e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1098 uint16_t eeprom_data;
1100 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
1102 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
1103 * We do not have to set it up again. */
1104 if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
1105 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1107 /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
1108 * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
1109 * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
1110 * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
1111 * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
1112 * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
1113 * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
1115 if (hw->fc == E1000_FC_DEFAULT) {
1116 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1119 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1122 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1125 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1126 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1128 if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
1129 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
1130 else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
1131 EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
1132 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
1134 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1139 /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
1140 * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
1141 * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
1143 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
1144 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE);
1146 if ((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
1147 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE);
1149 hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
1151 DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
1153 /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
1154 * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
1155 * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
1156 * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
1157 * signal detection. So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
1158 * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
1160 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
1161 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1164 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1165 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1167 ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
1169 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
1172 /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
1173 ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
1174 e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
1175 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
1177 /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
1178 * registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
1179 * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
1180 * initialize these registers.
1182 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
1184 /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
1185 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1186 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
1187 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
1188 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
1191 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
1193 /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
1194 * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
1195 * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
1196 * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
1197 * registers will be set to 0.
1199 if (!(hw->fc & E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE)) {
1200 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
1201 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
1203 /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
1204 * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
1206 if (hw->fc_send_xon) {
1207 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
1208 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1210 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
1211 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1217 /******************************************************************************
1218 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
1220 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1222 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
1223 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
1224 * and receiver are not enabled.
1225 *****************************************************************************/
1227 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1233 uint32_t signal = 0;
1236 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
1238 /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
1239 * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
1240 * the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
1241 * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
1243 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
1244 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
1246 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SWDP 1 will be
1247 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
1248 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
1249 * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value
1250 * set in the EEPROM.
1252 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1253 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
1254 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
1256 ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
1260 /* Take the link out of reset */
1261 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
1263 /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
1264 ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
1268 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1270 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
1271 * the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
1272 * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
1273 * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
1274 * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
1275 * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
1277 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
1278 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
1279 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
1280 * not send pause frames).
1281 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
1282 * not support receiving pause frames).
1283 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
1287 /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
1288 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
1290 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
1291 /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
1292 * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
1293 * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
1294 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
1295 * disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
1297 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1299 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
1300 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
1301 * software over-ride.
1303 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
1306 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
1307 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1310 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
1311 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
1315 /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
1316 * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
1317 * restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
1318 * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
1319 * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
1321 DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
1323 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
1324 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1325 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
1330 /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
1331 * indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
1332 * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
1333 * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
1334 * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
1336 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
1337 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
1338 DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
1339 for (i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
1341 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
1342 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
1344 if (i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
1345 DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
1346 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
1347 /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
1348 * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
1349 * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
1350 * non-autonegotiating link partners.
1352 ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
1354 DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
1357 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1359 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1360 DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
1363 DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
1365 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1368 /******************************************************************************
1369 * Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
1371 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1372 ******************************************************************************/
1374 e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1380 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
1382 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1383 /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
1384 * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
1385 * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
1387 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
1388 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
1389 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1390 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1392 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
1393 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1394 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
1399 /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
1400 ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
1402 DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
1405 DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
1407 /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
1408 ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
1412 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
1413 (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
1414 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1415 phy_data |= 0x00000008;
1416 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1419 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
1420 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
1421 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
1422 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
1424 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1428 /********************************************************************
1429 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
1431 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1432 *********************************************************************/
1434 e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1440 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
1442 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1443 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1445 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1447 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1451 /* Wait 15ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
1453 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1454 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
1455 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
1456 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
1457 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
1458 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
1461 /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
1462 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1463 /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
1464 ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1466 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
1471 /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
1472 ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1474 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
1477 /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
1478 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
1482 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
1483 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
1484 /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
1485 phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
1489 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1490 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1494 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1497 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1501 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1505 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
1509 /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
1511 e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
1513 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
1514 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
1516 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
1517 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1519 /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
1520 * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
1521 * resolution as hardware default. */
1522 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
1523 /* Disable SmartSpeed */
1524 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1528 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
1529 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1533 /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
1534 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1537 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1538 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1543 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1547 /* load defaults for future use */
1548 hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
1549 ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
1550 e1000_ms_force_master :
1551 e1000_ms_force_slave) :
1554 switch (phy_ms_setting) {
1555 case e1000_ms_force_master:
1556 phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1558 case e1000_ms_force_slave:
1559 phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1560 phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1563 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1567 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1572 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1575 /********************************************************************
1576 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
1578 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1579 *********************************************************************/
1581 e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1587 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");
1589 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable) {
1591 /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
1592 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1597 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1598 /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
1599 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;
1601 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1607 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1608 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1611 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1613 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1617 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;
1621 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
1624 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
1628 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
1633 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1634 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1638 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1639 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1640 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1641 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1646 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1647 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1649 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1652 } /* phy_reset_disable */
1654 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
1655 /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
1656 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
1657 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
1658 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
1662 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
1666 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
1667 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);
1672 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
1673 reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
1674 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_data);
1676 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1681 /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
1682 * firmware will have already initialized them. We only initialize
1683 * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
1685 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw) == FALSE) {
1686 /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
1687 phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
1688 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1693 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1698 phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
1699 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1706 /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
1707 * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
1709 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1713 phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
1714 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1720 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1723 /********************************************************************
1724 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
1726 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1727 *********************************************************************/
1729 e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1734 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
1736 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1737 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1739 /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
1740 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1744 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1747 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1748 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1751 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1753 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1757 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
1760 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
1763 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
1767 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1772 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1773 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1777 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1778 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1779 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1780 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1784 if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
1785 /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
1788 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1792 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
1794 if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
1795 (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
1796 /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
1797 phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
1798 phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
1799 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1800 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1804 /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
1805 phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
1806 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
1807 phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
1808 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
1809 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1810 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1816 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1817 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1819 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1823 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1826 /********************************************************************
1827 * Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
1828 * and then perform auto-negotiation.
1830 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1831 *********************************************************************/
1833 e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1838 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
1840 /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
1841 * parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
1843 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1845 /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
1846 * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
1848 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
1849 hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1851 /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
1852 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
1853 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;
1855 DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
1856 ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
1858 DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
1861 DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
1863 /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
1864 * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
1866 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
1870 phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
1871 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
1875 /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
1876 * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
1878 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
1879 ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
1881 DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
1886 hw->get_link_status = TRUE;
1888 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1891 /******************************************************************************
1892 * Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
1893 * 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
1894 * if we are on 82543. If we
1895 * are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
1896 * collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
1897 * 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
1899 * 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
1901 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1902 ******************************************************************************/
1904 e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1907 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
1909 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
1910 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1912 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
1914 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
1918 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
1920 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
1924 /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
1925 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1926 ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
1928 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
1933 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1936 /******************************************************************************
1937 * Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
1939 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1940 ******************************************************************************/
1942 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1949 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
1951 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1952 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1954 /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
1955 * iteration and increase the max iterations when
1956 * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
1957 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
1960 ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), ®_data);
1964 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
1971 /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
1972 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
1976 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1977 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1978 /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
1979 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
1980 reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
1981 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
1990 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
1991 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
1992 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
1993 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
1996 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1997 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
2000 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
2001 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
2007 /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
2008 * and perform autonegotiation */
2009 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
2013 /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
2014 * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
2015 DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
2016 ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
2018 DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
2023 /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
2026 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
2027 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2030 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2034 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2035 /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
2036 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
2040 DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
2041 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2046 DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
2047 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2050 /******************************************************************************
2051 * Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
2053 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2054 ******************************************************************************/
2056 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t duplex)
2058 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
2062 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");
2064 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
2065 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
2070 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
2071 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
2072 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
2073 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
2074 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
2076 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
2081 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2082 reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2084 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2086 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
2092 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2094 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
2098 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");
2100 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
2101 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
2106 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
2107 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
2108 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
2109 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
2110 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
2112 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
2117 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2118 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
2123 /******************************************************************************
2124 * Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
2126 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2127 ******************************************************************************/
2129 e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2132 uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
2133 uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
2135 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
2137 /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
2138 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2142 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2143 /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
2144 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2148 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;
2150 /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
2151 * the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
2152 * autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
2153 * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
2157 /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
2158 * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
2159 * the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
2161 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
2162 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
2164 DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
2166 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
2167 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
2168 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
2169 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
2172 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
2173 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
2174 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
2175 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
2178 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
2179 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
2180 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
2181 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
2184 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
2185 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
2186 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
2187 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
2190 /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
2191 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
2192 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
2195 /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
2196 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
2197 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
2198 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
2199 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2200 DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
2204 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
2205 * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
2206 * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
2207 * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
2208 * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
2210 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2211 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2212 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
2213 * but not send pause frames).
2214 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2215 * but we do not support receiving pause frames).
2216 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
2217 * other: No software override. The flow control configuration
2218 * in the EEPROM is used.
2221 case E1000_FC_NONE: /* 0 */
2222 /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
2223 * software over-ride.
2225 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2227 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE: /* 1 */
2228 /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
2229 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2231 /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
2232 * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
2233 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
2234 * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
2235 *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
2237 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2239 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE: /* 2 */
2240 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
2241 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2243 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
2244 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
2246 case E1000_FC_FULL: /* 3 */
2247 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
2250 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2253 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2254 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2257 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2261 DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2263 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2264 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2269 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2272 /******************************************************************************
2273 * Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
2275 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2276 ******************************************************************************/
2278 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2282 uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
2283 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2287 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
2289 /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
2290 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2292 DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
2294 /* Read the Device Control Register. */
2295 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2297 /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
2298 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2299 ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
2301 /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
2302 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
2304 /* Read the MII Control Register. */
2305 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
2309 /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
2311 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
2313 /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
2314 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2315 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
2316 /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
2317 * Device and MII Control Registers.
2319 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2320 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2321 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
2323 /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
2324 * the Device and MII Control Registers.
2326 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2327 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2328 DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
2331 /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
2332 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2333 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
2334 /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
2335 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2336 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
2337 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
2338 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
2340 /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
2341 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
2342 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
2343 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
2344 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
2347 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2349 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2350 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2352 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2353 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
2354 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2358 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
2359 * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
2361 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
2362 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2366 DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
2368 /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
2369 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
2371 /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
2372 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2373 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
2377 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
2378 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;
2380 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
2385 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
2386 * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
2388 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
2392 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
2393 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
2395 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
2400 /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
2401 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
2407 /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
2408 * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
2409 * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
2410 * don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
2411 * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
2414 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
2415 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
2416 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
2419 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
2420 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2421 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2424 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2428 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2432 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2436 ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2437 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
2438 /* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
2439 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
2441 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
2445 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
2446 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2447 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2449 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2452 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2456 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2462 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
2463 /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
2464 * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
2465 * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
2467 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2471 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
2472 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2476 /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
2477 * TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
2479 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2483 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2484 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2488 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2489 (!hw->autoneg) && (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2490 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2491 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2495 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
2496 /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
2497 * to 2.5MHz on a reset. We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
2498 * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
2499 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2503 phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
2504 if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
2505 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
2506 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
2508 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;
2510 /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
2511 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2513 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2517 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2520 /******************************************************************************
2521 * Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
2523 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2525 * Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
2526 * information from the Device Status register.
2527 ******************************************************************************/
2529 e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2531 uint32_t tctl, coll_dist;
2533 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
2535 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
2536 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
2538 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
2540 tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
2542 tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
2543 tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
2545 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
2546 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2549 /******************************************************************************
2550 * Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
2552 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2553 * mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
2555 * The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
2557 ******************************************************************************/
2559 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2565 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
2567 /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
2568 * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
2569 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2570 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2572 /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
2575 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2576 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2577 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
2579 /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
2580 * registers depending on negotiated values.
2582 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
2586 if (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
2587 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2589 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2591 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2593 /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
2594 * negotiated values.
2596 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
2597 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
2598 else if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
2599 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2601 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2602 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2603 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2606 /******************************************************************************
2607 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
2609 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2611 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
2612 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
2613 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
2614 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
2615 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
2616 *****************************************************************************/
2618 e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2622 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
2624 /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
2625 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2627 /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
2628 * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
2629 * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
2630 * receive flow control.
2632 * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
2633 * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
2635 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2636 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2637 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
2638 * frames but not send pause frames).
2639 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2640 * frames but we do not receive pause frames).
2641 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
2642 * other: No other values should be possible at this point.
2647 ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
2649 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
2650 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2651 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
2653 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
2654 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2655 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
2658 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2661 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2662 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2665 /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
2666 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
2667 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2669 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2670 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2673 /******************************************************************************
2674 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
2676 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2678 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
2679 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
2680 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
2681 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
2682 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
2683 *****************************************************************************/
2685 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2688 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2689 uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
2690 uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
2694 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
2696 /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
2697 * so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
2698 * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
2700 if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2701 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
2702 (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2703 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
2704 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2706 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2711 /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
2712 * enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
2713 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
2714 * flow control configured.
2716 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
2717 /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
2718 * has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
2719 * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
2721 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2724 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2728 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
2729 /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
2730 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2731 * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
2732 * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
2735 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
2739 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
2740 &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
2744 /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2745 * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
2746 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
2747 * for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
2748 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
2749 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
2750 * control is determined based upon these settings.
2751 * NOTE: DC = Don't Care
2753 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2754 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
2755 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2756 * 0 | 0 | DC | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2757 * 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2758 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2759 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2760 * 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2761 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2762 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2763 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2766 /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
2767 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
2768 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
2770 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
2772 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2773 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2774 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2775 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2778 if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2779 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
2780 /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
2781 * of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
2782 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
2783 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
2784 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
2786 if (hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_FULL) {
2787 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
2788 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
2790 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2791 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2794 /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
2796 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2797 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2798 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2799 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2802 else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2803 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2804 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2805 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2806 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
2807 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2809 /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
2811 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2812 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2813 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2814 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2817 else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2818 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2819 !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2820 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2821 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2822 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2824 /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
2825 * disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
2826 * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
2827 * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
2828 * partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
2829 * what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
2830 * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
2831 * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
2832 * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
2833 * this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
2834 * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
2835 * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
2836 * anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
2837 * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
2838 * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
2839 * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
2840 * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
2841 * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
2842 * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
2844 else if ((hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_NONE ||
2845 hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE) ||
2846 hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
2847 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2848 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
2850 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2851 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2854 /* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
2855 * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
2856 * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
2858 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2860 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
2864 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2865 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2867 /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
2868 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
2870 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2872 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2876 DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
2879 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2882 /******************************************************************************
2883 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
2885 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2887 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
2888 *****************************************************************************/
2890 e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2897 uint32_t signal = 0;
2901 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
2903 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2904 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
2906 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
2907 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
2908 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
2910 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2911 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
2912 rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);
2914 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
2915 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
2916 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
2917 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2921 /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
2922 * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
2923 * status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
2924 * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
2927 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
2928 /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
2929 * link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
2931 * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
2933 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2936 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2940 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2941 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2942 /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
2944 e1000_check_downshift(hw);
2946 /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
2947 * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
2948 * reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
2949 * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
2950 * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
2951 * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
2954 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2956 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2957 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2958 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
2959 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2960 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
2961 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
2962 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
2966 /* No link detected */
2967 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
2971 /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
2972 * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
2974 if (!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2976 /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
2977 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
2979 /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
2980 * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
2981 * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
2982 * configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
2983 * Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
2984 * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
2987 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2988 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2990 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
2992 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
2997 /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
2998 * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
2999 * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
3001 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
3003 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
3007 /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
3008 * auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
3009 * partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
3010 * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
3011 * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
3012 * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
3014 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
3015 uint16_t speed, duplex;
3016 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
3018 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
3021 if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
3022 /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
3023 * to enable TBI compatibility.
3025 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
3026 /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
3027 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
3028 rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
3029 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
3030 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
3033 /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
3034 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
3035 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
3036 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
3038 if (!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
3039 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
3040 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
3041 rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
3042 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
3047 /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
3048 * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
3049 * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
3050 * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
3051 * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
3052 * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
3054 else if ((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
3055 ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
3056 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
3057 (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
3058 (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
3059 if (hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
3060 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
3063 DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
3065 /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
3066 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
3068 /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
3069 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3070 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
3071 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3073 /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
3074 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
3076 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
3080 /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
3081 * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
3082 * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
3085 else if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
3086 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
3087 (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
3088 DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
3089 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
3090 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
3092 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
3094 /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
3095 * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
3097 else if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3098 !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3099 /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
3101 if (E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
3102 if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
3103 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
3104 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
3107 hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
3108 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
3111 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3112 (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3113 hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
3115 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3118 /******************************************************************************
3119 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
3121 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3122 * speed - Speed of the connection
3123 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
3124 *****************************************************************************/
3126 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3134 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
3136 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
3137 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
3138 if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
3139 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3140 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
3141 } else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
3143 DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
3146 DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
3149 if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
3150 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3151 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
3153 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3154 DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
3157 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
3158 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3159 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3162 /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
3163 * if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
3164 * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
3166 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
3167 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
3171 if (!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
3172 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3174 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
3177 if ((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
3178 (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
3179 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3183 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3184 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
3185 if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
3186 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
3188 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
3193 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
3194 ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
3199 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3202 /******************************************************************************
3203 * Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
3205 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3206 ******************************************************************************/
3208 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3214 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
3215 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
3217 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
3218 for (i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
3219 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
3220 * Complete bit to be set.
3222 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3225 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3228 if (phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
3229 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3233 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3236 /******************************************************************************
3237 * Raises the Management Data Clock
3239 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3240 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3241 ******************************************************************************/
3243 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3246 /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
3247 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3249 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3250 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3254 /******************************************************************************
3255 * Lowers the Management Data Clock
3257 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3258 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3259 ******************************************************************************/
3261 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3264 /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
3265 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3267 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3268 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3272 /******************************************************************************
3273 * Shifts data bits out to the PHY
3275 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3276 * data - Data to send out to the PHY
3277 * count - Number of bits to shift out
3279 * Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
3280 ******************************************************************************/
3282 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3289 /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
3290 * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
3291 * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
3294 mask <<= (count - 1);
3296 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3298 /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
3299 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
3302 /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
3303 * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
3304 * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
3305 * raising and lowering the clock.
3308 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3310 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3312 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3313 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3317 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3318 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3324 /******************************************************************************
3325 * Shifts data bits in from the PHY
3327 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3329 * Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
3330 ******************************************************************************/
3332 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3338 /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
3339 * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
3340 * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
3341 * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
3342 * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
3343 * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
3345 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3347 /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
3348 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
3349 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3351 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3352 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3354 /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
3355 * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
3356 * last bit of the Register Address.
3358 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3359 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3361 for (data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
3363 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3364 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3365 /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
3366 if (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO)
3368 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3371 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3372 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3378 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3380 uint32_t swfw_sync = 0;
3381 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3382 uint32_t fwmask = mask << 16;
3383 int32_t timeout = 200;
3385 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");
3387 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
3388 return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
3390 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
3391 return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3394 if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3395 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3397 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3398 if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
3402 /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
3403 /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
3404 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3410 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
3411 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3414 swfw_sync |= swmask;
3415 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3417 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3418 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3422 e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3425 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3427 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");
3429 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
3430 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
3434 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
3435 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3439 /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3440 * return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
3441 while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
3444 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3445 swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
3446 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3448 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3451 /*****************************************************************************
3452 * Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
3453 * page, sets the page first.
3454 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3455 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
3456 ******************************************************************************/
3458 e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3465 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
3467 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3468 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3469 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3471 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3473 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3474 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3476 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3477 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3478 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3479 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3480 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3481 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3483 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3486 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3487 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3488 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3489 /* Select Configuration Page */
3490 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3491 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3492 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3494 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3495 * registers 30 and 31
3497 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3498 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3499 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3503 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3509 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3512 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3517 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3522 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3524 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
3526 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3527 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3528 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3531 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3532 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
3533 * Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
3534 * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
3536 mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3537 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3538 (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
3540 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3542 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3543 for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
3545 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3546 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3548 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3549 DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
3550 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3552 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
3553 DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
3554 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3556 *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
3558 /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
3559 * beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3560 * consecutive "1" bits.
3562 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3564 /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
3565 * operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3566 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
3567 * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
3568 * defined as follows:
3569 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
3570 * followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
3571 * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
3572 * READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
3573 * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
3575 mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
3576 (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
3578 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
3580 /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
3581 * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
3584 *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
3586 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3589 /******************************************************************************
3590 * Writes a value to a PHY register
3592 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3593 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
3594 * data - data to write to the PHY
3595 ******************************************************************************/
3597 e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3603 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
3605 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3606 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3607 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3609 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3611 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3612 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3614 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3615 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3616 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3617 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3618 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3619 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3621 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3624 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3625 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3626 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3627 /* Select Configuration Page */
3628 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3629 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3630 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3632 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3633 * registers 30 and 31
3635 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3636 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3637 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3641 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3647 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3650 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3655 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3660 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3662 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
3664 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3665 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3666 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3669 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3670 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
3671 * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
3672 * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
3674 mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
3675 (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3676 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3677 (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
3679 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3681 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3682 for (i = 0; i < 641; i++) {
3684 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3685 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3687 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3688 DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
3689 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3692 /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
3693 * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
3694 * beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3695 * consecutive "1" bits.
3697 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3699 /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
3700 * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3701 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
3702 * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
3703 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
3705 mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
3706 (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
3708 mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;
3710 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
3713 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3717 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3723 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");
3725 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3726 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3727 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3729 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3731 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3732 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3734 /* Write register address */
3735 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3736 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
3737 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
3738 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3741 /* Read the data returned */
3742 reg_val = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA);
3743 *data = (uint16_t)reg_val;
3745 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3746 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3750 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3756 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");
3758 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3759 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3760 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3762 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3764 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3765 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3767 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3768 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
3769 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3772 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3773 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3776 /******************************************************************************
3777 * Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
3779 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3780 ******************************************************************************/
3782 e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3784 uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
3789 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
3791 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3792 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3793 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3795 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3797 DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
3799 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3800 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3801 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3802 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3804 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3806 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
3807 DEBUGOUT("Unable to acquire swfw sync\n");
3808 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3810 /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
3811 * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
3812 * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
3813 * and deassert. For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
3814 * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
3816 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3817 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3818 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3820 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
3825 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3826 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3828 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
3831 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3833 /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
3834 * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
3836 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
3837 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
3838 ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3839 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3840 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3842 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3843 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3844 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3848 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
3849 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
3850 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
3851 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
3852 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
3853 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
3856 /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
3857 ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
3858 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
3860 e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
3862 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) && (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3))
3863 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
3868 /******************************************************************************
3871 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3873 * Sets bit 15 of the MII Control register
3874 ******************************************************************************/
3876 e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3881 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
3883 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3884 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3885 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3887 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3889 switch (hw->phy_type) {
3891 case e1000_phy_igp_2:
3892 case e1000_phy_igp_3:
3894 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
3899 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
3903 phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
3904 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
3912 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
3913 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
3915 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3918 /******************************************************************************
3919 * Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
3920 * 1) disable gigabit link
3921 * 2) write VR power-down enable
3923 * if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
3925 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3926 ******************************************************************************/
3928 e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3934 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");
3936 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
3941 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
3942 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
3943 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
3945 /* Write VR power-down enable - bits 9:8 should be 10b */
3946 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3947 phy_data |= (1 << 9);
3948 phy_data &= ~(1 << 8);
3949 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data);
3951 /* Read it back and test */
3952 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3953 if (((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_MASK) == IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
3956 /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
3957 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3958 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3966 /******************************************************************************
3967 * Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
3968 * On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
3970 * 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
3971 * 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
3972 * 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
3973 * 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
3975 * 5) repeat up to 10 times
3976 * Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
3978 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3979 ******************************************************************************/
3981 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3988 if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
3989 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3991 /* Make sure link is up before proceeding. If not just return.
3992 * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouled up link
3994 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3995 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3997 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
3998 for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
3999 /* read once to clear */
4000 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
4003 /* and again to get new status */
4004 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
4008 /* check for PCS lock */
4009 if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
4010 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4012 /* Issue PHY reset */
4013 e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
4016 /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
4017 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
4018 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
4019 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
4021 /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
4022 return E1000_ERR_PHY;
4025 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4028 /******************************************************************************
4029 * Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
4031 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4032 ******************************************************************************/
4034 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4036 int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
4037 uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
4038 boolean_t match = FALSE;
4040 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
4042 if (hw->phy_id != 0)
4043 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4045 /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
4046 * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
4047 * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
4048 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
4049 hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
4050 hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
4051 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
4052 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4055 /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
4056 * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail. The rest of
4057 * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
4058 * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail. If the
4059 * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
4060 * this out as well. */
4061 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
4062 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
4064 /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
4065 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
4069 hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
4071 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
4075 hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
4076 hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
4078 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4080 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4083 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4087 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
4089 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4090 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4093 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4095 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4096 if (hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4099 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4101 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4102 if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4105 if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4106 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4107 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4108 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4111 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
4112 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4114 phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
4116 if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
4117 DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
4118 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4120 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
4121 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
4124 /******************************************************************************
4125 * Resets the PHY's DSP
4127 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4128 ******************************************************************************/
4130 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4133 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
4136 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4137 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
4140 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
4142 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
4144 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4150 /******************************************************************************
4151 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
4153 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4154 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4155 ******************************************************************************/
4157 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4158 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4161 uint16_t phy_data, min_length, max_length, average;
4162 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4164 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
4166 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4167 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4168 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4170 /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
4171 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4173 /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
4174 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4176 /* Check polarity status */
4177 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4181 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4183 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
4187 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4188 IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4190 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
4191 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
4192 /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
4193 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4197 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4198 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4199 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4200 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4201 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4202 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4204 /* Get cable length */
4205 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
4209 /* Translate to old method */
4210 average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
4212 if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
4213 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
4214 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
4215 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
4216 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
4217 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
4218 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
4219 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
4221 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
4224 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4227 /******************************************************************************
4228 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
4230 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4231 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4232 ******************************************************************************/
4234 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4235 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4239 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4241 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");
4243 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4244 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4246 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4249 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4250 ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
4251 IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT) ?
4252 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4254 if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
4255 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4259 /* Polarity is forced. */
4260 polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
4261 IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
4262 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
4264 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4266 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4270 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)
4271 ((phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
4272 IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT);
4274 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4277 /******************************************************************************
4278 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
4280 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4281 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4282 ******************************************************************************/
4284 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4285 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4289 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4291 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
4293 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4294 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4295 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4297 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
4301 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
4302 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
4303 M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT) ?
4304 e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_lower : e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4306 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4307 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
4308 M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT) ?
4309 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4311 /* Check polarity status */
4312 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4315 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4317 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
4321 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4322 M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4324 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
4325 /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
4326 * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
4328 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4329 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
4330 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
4332 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
4337 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)(phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH);
4340 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4344 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4345 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4346 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4347 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4348 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4349 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4353 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4356 /******************************************************************************
4357 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers
4359 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4360 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4361 ******************************************************************************/
4363 e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4364 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4369 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
4371 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
4372 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
4373 phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
4374 phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
4375 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
4376 phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
4377 phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4378 phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4380 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
4381 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
4382 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4385 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4389 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4393 if ((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
4394 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
4395 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4398 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
4399 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
4400 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
4401 return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4402 else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
4403 return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4405 return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4409 e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4411 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
4413 if (!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
4414 DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
4416 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4418 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4422 /******************************************************************************
4423 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
4424 * is configured. Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
4425 * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
4427 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4428 *****************************************************************************/
4430 e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4432 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4433 uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4434 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4435 uint16_t eeprom_size;
4437 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
4439 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4440 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4441 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4444 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4445 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4446 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4447 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4448 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4449 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4450 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4454 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
4456 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4457 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4458 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4459 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4460 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
4461 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4462 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4464 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4465 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4467 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4468 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4471 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4473 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4474 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
4475 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4476 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4477 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4478 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4479 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4480 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4482 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4483 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4486 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4487 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4488 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4489 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4490 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4491 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4493 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4494 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4497 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4498 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4502 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4503 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4504 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4505 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4506 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4507 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4509 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4510 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4512 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4513 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4516 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4517 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4518 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4519 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4520 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4521 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4523 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4524 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4526 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4527 eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
4528 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
4529 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
4530 eeprom->word_size = 2048;
4532 /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
4533 * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
4534 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
4535 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4538 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4539 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4540 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4541 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4542 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4543 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4544 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4546 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4547 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4549 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4550 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4555 uint32_t flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_GFPREG);
4557 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
4558 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4559 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4560 eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;
4562 /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
4563 * so as to save time for driver init */
4564 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
4565 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
4566 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
4567 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
4571 hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
4572 ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4574 hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
4575 hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
4576 hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4577 hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(uint16_t);
4585 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4586 /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
4587 * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
4589 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
4590 /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
4591 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4592 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
4595 eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
4596 /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
4597 * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
4598 * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
4602 eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
4603 E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
4606 eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
4611 /******************************************************************************
4612 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
4614 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4615 * eecd - EECD's current value
4616 *****************************************************************************/
4618 e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4621 /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
4622 * wait <delay> microseconds.
4624 *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
4625 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4626 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4627 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4630 /******************************************************************************
4631 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
4633 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4634 * eecd - EECD's current value
4635 *****************************************************************************/
4637 e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4640 /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
4641 * wait 50 microseconds.
4643 *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4644 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4645 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4646 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4649 /******************************************************************************
4650 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
4652 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4653 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
4654 * count - number of bits to shift out
4655 *****************************************************************************/
4657 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4661 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4665 /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
4666 * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
4667 * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
4669 mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
4670 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4671 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4672 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
4673 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4674 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
4677 /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
4678 * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
4679 * the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
4680 * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
4682 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4685 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
4687 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4688 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4690 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4692 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4693 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4699 /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
4700 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4701 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4704 /******************************************************************************
4705 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
4707 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4708 *****************************************************************************/
4710 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4717 /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
4718 * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
4719 * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
4720 * the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
4724 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4726 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
4729 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4731 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4733 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4735 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
4736 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
4739 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4745 /******************************************************************************
4746 * Prepares EEPROM for access
4748 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4750 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
4751 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
4752 *****************************************************************************/
4754 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4756 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4759 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
4761 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
4762 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
4763 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4765 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
4766 /* Request EEPROM Access */
4767 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4768 eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
4769 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4770 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4771 while ((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
4772 (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
4775 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4777 if (!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
4778 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4779 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4780 DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
4781 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4782 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4787 /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
4789 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4790 /* Clear SK and DI */
4791 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
4792 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4795 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4796 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4797 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4798 /* Clear SK and CS */
4799 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4800 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4804 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4807 /******************************************************************************
4808 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
4810 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4811 *****************************************************************************/
4813 e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4815 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4818 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4820 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4821 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4822 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4823 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4824 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4827 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4828 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4829 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4830 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4833 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4834 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4835 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4836 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4839 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4840 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4841 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4842 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4843 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4844 /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
4845 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4846 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4847 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4848 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4849 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
4850 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4851 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4852 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4856 /******************************************************************************
4857 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
4859 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4860 *****************************************************************************/
4862 e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4866 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
4868 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4870 if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4871 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
4872 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
4874 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4876 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4877 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4878 /* cleanup eeprom */
4880 /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
4881 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
4883 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4885 /* Rising edge of clock */
4886 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4887 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4888 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4889 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4891 /* Falling edge of clock */
4892 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4893 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4894 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4895 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4898 /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
4899 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4900 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4901 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4904 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4907 /******************************************************************************
4908 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4910 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4911 *****************************************************************************/
4913 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4915 uint16_t retry_count = 0;
4916 uint8_t spi_stat_reg;
4918 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
4920 /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
4921 * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
4922 * bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
4923 * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
4927 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
4928 hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
4929 spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
4930 if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
4936 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4937 } while (retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
4939 /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
4940 * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
4942 if (retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
4943 DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
4944 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4947 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4950 /******************************************************************************
4951 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4953 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4954 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4955 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4956 * words - number of words to read
4957 *****************************************************************************/
4959 e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4964 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4967 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
4969 /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
4970 if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
4971 e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
4973 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
4976 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
4978 DEBUGOUT2("\"words\" parameter out of bounds. Words = %d, size = %d\n", offset, eeprom->word_size);
4979 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4982 /* EEPROM's that don't use EERD to read require us to bit-bang the SPI
4983 * directly. In this case, we need to acquire the EEPROM so that
4984 * FW or other port software does not interrupt.
4986 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE &&
4987 hw->eeprom.use_eerd == FALSE) {
4988 /* Prepare the EEPROM for bit-bang reading */
4989 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
4990 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4993 /* Eerd register EEPROM access requires no eeprom aquire/release */
4994 if (eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE)
4995 return e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
4997 /* ICH EEPROM access is done via the ICH flash controller */
4998 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
4999 return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
5001 /* Set up the SPI or Microwire EEPROM for bit-bang reading. We have
5002 * acquired the EEPROM at this point, so any returns should relase it */
5003 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
5005 uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
5007 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
5008 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5009 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5012 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5014 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
5015 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
5016 read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
5018 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
5019 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
5020 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
5022 /* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
5023 * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
5024 * and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
5025 * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
5026 * starting from any offset. */
5027 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5028 word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
5029 data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
5031 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
5032 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5033 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
5034 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5035 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5036 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
5037 eeprom->address_bits);
5039 /* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
5040 * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
5041 data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
5042 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5046 /* End this read operation */
5047 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5049 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5052 /******************************************************************************
5053 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
5055 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5056 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5057 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5058 * words - number of words to read
5059 *****************************************************************************/
5061 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5066 uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
5069 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5070 eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
5071 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
5073 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
5074 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
5079 data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
5086 /******************************************************************************
5087 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
5089 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5090 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5091 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5092 * words - number of words to read
5093 *****************************************************************************/
5095 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5100 uint32_t register_value = 0;
5104 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
5105 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
5107 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5108 register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
5109 ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
5110 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
5112 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5117 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
5119 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5126 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
5130 /******************************************************************************
5131 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
5133 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5134 *****************************************************************************/
5136 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
5138 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5139 uint32_t i, reg = 0;
5140 int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5142 for (i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
5143 if (eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
5144 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
5146 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);
5148 if (reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
5149 done = E1000_SUCCESS;
5158 /***************************************************************************
5159 * Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
5161 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5162 ****************************************************************************/
5164 e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5168 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");
5170 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5173 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5174 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5176 /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
5177 eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
5179 /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
5187 /******************************************************************************
5188 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
5190 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5192 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
5193 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
5195 *****************************************************************************/
5197 e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5199 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5200 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5202 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
5204 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
5205 (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
5206 /* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
5207 * 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
5208 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
5209 if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
5210 /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
5211 * has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
5212 * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
5213 * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
5214 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5215 if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
5216 eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
5217 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5218 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5223 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5224 /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
5225 * EEPROM checksum to be updated. Otherwise, this bit as well
5226 * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
5227 * validation to pass.
5229 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5230 if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
5231 eeprom_data |= 0x40;
5232 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5233 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5237 for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
5238 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5239 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5240 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5242 checksum += eeprom_data;
5245 if (checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
5246 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5248 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
5249 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5253 /******************************************************************************
5254 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
5256 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5258 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
5259 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
5260 *****************************************************************************/
5262 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5265 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5266 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5268 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
5270 for (i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
5271 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5272 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5273 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5275 checksum += eeprom_data;
5277 checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
5278 if (e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
5279 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
5280 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5281 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
5282 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5283 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
5284 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5285 /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
5286 * until after next adapter reset. */
5287 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
5288 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
5289 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
5292 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5295 /******************************************************************************
5296 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
5298 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5299 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5300 * words - number of words to write
5301 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
5303 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
5304 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
5305 *****************************************************************************/
5307 e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5312 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5315 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
5317 /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
5318 if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
5319 e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
5321 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
5324 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
5326 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
5327 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5330 /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
5331 if (eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
5332 return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
5334 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
5335 return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
5337 /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
5338 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
5339 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5341 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
5342 status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
5344 status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
5348 /* Done with writing */
5349 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5354 /******************************************************************************
5355 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
5357 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5358 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5359 * words - number of words to write
5360 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5362 *****************************************************************************/
5364 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5369 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5372 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
5374 while (widx < words) {
5375 uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
5377 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5379 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5381 /* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
5382 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
5383 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5385 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5387 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
5388 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
5389 write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
5391 /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
5392 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
5394 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
5395 eeprom->address_bits);
5399 /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
5400 while (widx < words) {
5401 uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
5402 word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
5403 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
5406 /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
5407 * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
5408 * PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
5410 if ((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
5411 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5417 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5420 /******************************************************************************
5421 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
5423 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5424 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5425 * words - number of words to write
5426 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5428 *****************************************************************************/
5430 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5435 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5437 uint16_t words_written = 0;
5440 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
5442 /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5443 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
5444 * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5445 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
5446 * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
5448 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5449 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5451 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5453 /* Prepare the EEPROM */
5454 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5456 while (words_written < words) {
5457 /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
5458 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5459 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5461 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
5462 eeprom->address_bits);
5465 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
5467 /* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
5468 * the previous command.
5470 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5472 /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
5473 * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
5474 * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
5476 for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
5477 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5478 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
5482 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
5483 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5486 /* Recover from write */
5487 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5492 /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5493 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
5494 * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5495 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
5496 * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
5498 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5499 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5501 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5503 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5506 /******************************************************************************
5507 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
5508 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
5511 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5512 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5513 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5514 * words - number of words to read
5515 *****************************************************************************/
5517 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5519 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5523 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
5524 uint32_t old_bank_offset = 0;
5525 uint32_t new_bank_offset = 0;
5526 uint8_t low_byte = 0;
5527 uint8_t high_byte = 0;
5528 boolean_t sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5530 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5531 /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
5532 flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
5533 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5534 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5535 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5541 if (i == attempts) {
5542 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5545 /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
5546 if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
5547 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
5550 /* Perform the flash update */
5551 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
5553 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5554 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5555 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5561 if (i == attempts) {
5562 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5566 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
5567 /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
5568 * write to bank 0 etc. We also need to erase the segment that
5569 * is going to be written */
5570 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
5571 new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5572 old_bank_offset = 0;
5573 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
5575 old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5576 new_bank_offset = 0;
5577 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
5580 sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5581 /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
5582 * which is in units of words. */
5583 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
5584 /* Determine whether to write the value stored
5585 * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
5586 * in the shadow RAM */
5587 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified == TRUE) {
5588 low_byte = (uint8_t)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
5590 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5591 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
5593 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5594 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5597 (uint8_t)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
5601 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
5604 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5605 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
5607 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5608 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5610 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
5616 /* If the write of the low byte was successful, go ahread and
5617 * write the high byte while checking to make sure that if it
5618 * is the signature byte, then it is handled properly */
5619 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5620 /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
5621 * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
5622 * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
5623 * signature is valid. We want to do this after the write
5624 * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
5625 * while the write is still in progress */
5626 if (i == E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD)
5627 high_byte = E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;
5629 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5630 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
5631 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5632 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5635 /* If the write failed then break from the loop and
5636 * return an error */
5641 /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
5642 * programming failed. */
5643 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5644 /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
5645 * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
5646 * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
5647 * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
5648 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
5649 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
5652 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5653 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset, high_byte);
5654 /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
5655 * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
5656 * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
5657 * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
5658 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
5659 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5660 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset, 0);
5663 /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
5664 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
5665 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
5666 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
5674 /******************************************************************************
5675 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
5676 * second function of dual function devices
5678 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5679 *****************************************************************************/
5681 e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
5684 uint16_t eeprom_data, i;
5686 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
5688 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
5690 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5691 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5692 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5694 hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
5695 hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
5698 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5702 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
5704 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5705 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
5706 hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
5710 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
5711 hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
5712 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5715 /******************************************************************************
5716 * Initializes receive address filters.
5718 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5720 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
5721 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
5722 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
5723 *****************************************************************************/
5725 e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5730 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
5732 /* Setup the receive address. */
5733 DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
5735 e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
5737 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
5739 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
5740 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
5741 * the other port. */
5742 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
5744 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5745 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
5747 /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
5748 DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
5749 for (i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
5750 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
5751 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5752 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
5753 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5757 /******************************************************************************
5758 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
5760 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5761 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
5762 *****************************************************************************/
5764 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5767 uint32_t hash_value = 0;
5769 /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
5770 * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
5772 switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
5773 /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
5778 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5779 /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
5780 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 2));
5782 /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
5783 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5787 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5788 /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
5789 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 3));
5791 /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
5792 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
5796 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5797 /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
5798 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5800 /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
5801 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5805 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5806 /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
5807 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5809 /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
5810 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
5815 hash_value &= 0xFFF;
5816 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5817 hash_value &= 0x3FF;
5822 /******************************************************************************
5823 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
5825 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5826 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
5827 *****************************************************************************/
5829 e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5830 uint32_t hash_value)
5832 uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
5836 /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
5837 * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
5838 * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
5839 * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
5840 * back the new value. The register is determined by the
5841 * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
5842 * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
5844 hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
5845 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5848 hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
5850 mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
5852 mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
5854 /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
5855 * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
5856 * restore the old value after writing.
5858 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
5859 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
5860 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5861 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5862 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
5863 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5865 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5866 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5870 /******************************************************************************
5871 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
5873 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5874 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
5875 * index - Receive address register to write
5876 *****************************************************************************/
5878 e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5882 uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;
5884 /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
5885 * from network order (big endian) to little endian
5887 rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
5888 ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
5889 ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
5890 rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8));
5892 /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
5896 * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
5897 * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
5898 * hang. To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
5899 * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
5900 * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
5901 * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
5902 * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
5903 * while we work. Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
5904 * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
5905 * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
5906 * far so good. We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
5907 * configure the Rx unit. Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
5910 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5913 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5914 if (hw->leave_av_bit_off == TRUE)
5917 /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
5918 rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
5922 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
5923 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5924 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
5925 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5928 /******************************************************************************
5929 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
5931 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5932 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
5933 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
5934 *****************************************************************************/
5936 e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5942 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5945 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
5946 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
5947 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5948 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5949 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
5950 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5952 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5953 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5957 /******************************************************************************
5958 * Clears the VLAN filer table
5960 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5961 *****************************************************************************/
5963 e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5966 uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
5967 uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
5968 uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
5970 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5973 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5974 if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
5975 /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
5976 * ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
5977 * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
5978 * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
5979 vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
5980 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
5981 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
5982 vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
5983 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
5986 for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
5987 /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
5988 * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
5989 * manageability unit */
5990 vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
5991 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
5992 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5997 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
6000 const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
6001 const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
6002 const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
6003 uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
6004 const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;
6006 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
6008 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
6010 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6013 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6014 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6015 hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
6016 hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
6018 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
6019 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
6020 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
6023 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
6024 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
6025 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
6026 else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
6027 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
6028 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
6029 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
6031 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
6034 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
6035 temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
6037 case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
6038 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6039 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6040 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6041 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6043 case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
6044 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6045 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6046 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6047 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6054 case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
6055 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6056 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6057 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6058 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6060 case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
6061 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6062 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6063 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6064 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6071 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6074 /******************************************************************************
6075 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
6077 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6078 *****************************************************************************/
6080 e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6083 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6085 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
6087 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6088 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6089 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6092 /* No setup necessary */
6096 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6097 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6098 /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
6099 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6100 &hw->phy_spd_default);
6103 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6104 (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
6105 ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
6110 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6111 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6112 /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
6113 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6115 ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
6116 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6117 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
6118 ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
6119 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6120 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
6121 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
6122 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6126 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6130 /******************************************************************************
6131 * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
6132 * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
6133 * e1000_id_led_init()
6134 * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
6136 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6137 *****************************************************************************/
6139 e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6142 uint32_t ledctl_blink = 0;
6144 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");
6146 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
6148 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6150 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6151 /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
6152 ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6153 (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6155 /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
6156 ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
6157 for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
6158 if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
6159 E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
6160 ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
6163 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
6165 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6168 /******************************************************************************
6169 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
6171 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6172 *****************************************************************************/
6174 e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6176 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6178 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
6180 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6181 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6182 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6185 /* No cleanup necessary */
6189 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6190 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6191 /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
6192 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6193 hw->phy_spd_default);
6198 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6199 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
6202 /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
6203 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
6207 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6210 /******************************************************************************
6211 * Turns on the software controllable LED
6213 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6214 *****************************************************************************/
6216 e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6218 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6220 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
6222 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6223 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6224 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6226 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6227 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6228 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6231 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6232 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6233 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6234 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6236 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6237 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6238 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6242 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6243 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6244 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6245 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6246 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6247 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6248 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
6249 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6250 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
6251 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6256 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6258 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6261 /******************************************************************************
6262 * Turns off the software controllable LED
6264 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6265 *****************************************************************************/
6267 e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6269 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6271 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
6273 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6274 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6275 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6277 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6278 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6279 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6282 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6283 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6284 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6285 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6287 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6288 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6289 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6293 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6294 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6295 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6296 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6297 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6298 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6299 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
6300 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6301 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6302 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6307 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6309 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6312 /******************************************************************************
6313 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
6315 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6316 *****************************************************************************/
6318 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6320 volatile uint32_t temp;
6322 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
6323 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
6324 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
6325 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
6326 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
6327 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
6328 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
6329 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
6330 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
6331 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
6332 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
6333 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
6334 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
6335 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
6336 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
6337 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
6339 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6340 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
6341 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
6342 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
6343 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
6344 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
6345 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
6348 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
6349 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
6350 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
6351 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
6352 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
6353 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
6354 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
6355 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
6356 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
6357 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
6358 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
6359 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
6360 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
6361 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
6362 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
6363 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
6364 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
6365 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
6366 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
6368 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6369 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
6370 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
6371 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
6372 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
6373 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
6374 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
6377 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
6378 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);
6380 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
6382 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
6383 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
6384 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
6385 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
6386 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
6387 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);
6389 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
6391 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
6392 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
6393 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
6395 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
6397 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
6398 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
6400 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;
6402 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
6403 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
6404 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
6405 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
6406 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
6407 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
6408 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
6411 /******************************************************************************
6412 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
6414 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6416 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
6417 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
6418 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
6419 * before calling this function.
6420 *****************************************************************************/
6422 e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6424 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
6426 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6427 if (!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
6428 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6429 hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
6430 hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
6431 hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
6432 hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
6434 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6435 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6437 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6441 /******************************************************************************
6442 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
6443 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
6445 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6446 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
6447 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
6448 *****************************************************************************/
6450 e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6452 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
6454 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6455 if ((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
6456 if (hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
6457 hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
6458 if (hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
6459 if (hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
6460 hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
6462 hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
6463 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
6467 if (hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
6468 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6469 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6470 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6474 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6478 /******************************************************************************
6479 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
6481 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6482 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
6483 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
6484 *****************************************************************************/
6486 e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6487 struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
6493 /* First adjust the frame length. */
6495 /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
6496 * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
6497 * the packet as a good packet
6499 /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
6501 /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
6504 /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
6505 carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
6506 stats->gorcl += frame_len;
6507 /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
6508 * Received Count) was one before the addition,
6509 * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
6510 * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
6511 * This could be simplified if all environments supported
6514 if (carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
6516 /* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
6517 * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
6518 * a broadcast frame.
6520 if ((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
6521 /* Broadcast packet */
6523 else if (*mac_addr & 0x01)
6524 /* Multicast packet */
6527 if (frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
6528 /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
6535 /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
6536 * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
6538 if (frame_len == 64) {
6541 } else if (frame_len == 127) {
6544 } else if (frame_len == 255) {
6547 } else if (frame_len == 511) {
6550 } else if (frame_len == 1023) {
6553 } else if (frame_len == 1522) {
6558 /******************************************************************************
6559 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
6561 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6562 *****************************************************************************/
6564 e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6567 uint16_t pci_ex_link_status;
6570 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6571 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6572 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6573 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
6574 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
6575 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
6580 case e1000_80003es2lan:
6581 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6582 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6583 ret_val = e1000_read_pcie_cap_reg(hw,
6585 &pci_ex_link_status);
6587 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
6589 hw->bus_width = (pci_ex_link_status & PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_MASK) >>
6590 PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_SHIFT;
6593 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6594 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6595 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
6598 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
6599 hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
6600 e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
6602 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
6603 hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
6604 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
6605 } else if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
6606 hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
6607 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
6609 switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
6610 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
6611 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
6613 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
6614 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
6616 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
6617 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
6620 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
6624 hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
6625 e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
6630 /******************************************************************************
6631 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
6632 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
6634 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6635 * offset - offset to write to
6636 * value - value to write
6637 *****************************************************************************/
6639 e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6643 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
6644 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
6646 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
6647 e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
6650 /******************************************************************************
6651 * Estimates the cable length.
6653 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6654 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
6655 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
6657 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6660 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
6661 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
6662 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
6663 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
6664 *****************************************************************************/
6666 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6667 uint16_t *min_length,
6668 uint16_t *max_length)
6671 uint16_t agc_value = 0;
6672 uint16_t i, phy_data;
6673 uint16_t cable_length;
6675 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
6677 *min_length = *max_length = 0;
6679 /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
6680 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
6682 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6686 cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
6687 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6689 /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
6690 switch (cable_length) {
6691 case e1000_cable_length_50:
6693 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6695 case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
6696 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6697 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6699 case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
6700 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6701 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6703 case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
6704 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6705 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6707 case e1000_cable_length_140:
6708 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6709 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
6712 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6715 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
6716 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
6720 cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
6722 switch (cable_length) {
6723 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
6725 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6727 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
6728 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6729 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6731 case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
6732 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6733 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6735 case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
6736 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6737 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
6740 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6743 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
6744 uint16_t cur_agc_value;
6745 uint16_t min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
6746 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6747 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6748 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6749 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6750 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6751 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6752 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6754 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6758 cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6760 /* Value bound check. */
6761 if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
6762 (cur_agc_value == 0))
6763 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6765 agc_value += cur_agc_value;
6767 /* Update minimal AGC value. */
6768 if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
6769 min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
6772 /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
6773 if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
6774 agc_value -= min_agc_value;
6776 /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
6777 agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
6779 /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
6780 agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
6783 /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
6784 *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6785 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6786 (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6787 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6788 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
6789 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6790 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
6791 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
6792 uint16_t cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
6793 uint16_t min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
6794 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6795 {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6796 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6797 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6798 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6799 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6800 for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6801 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6805 /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
6806 * fine gain values. The result is a number that can be put into
6807 * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
6808 cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
6809 IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
6811 /* Array index bound check. */
6812 if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
6813 (cur_agc_index == 0))
6814 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6816 /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
6817 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
6818 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6819 min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6820 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
6821 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6822 max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6824 agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
6827 agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
6828 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
6829 agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
6831 /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
6832 *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6833 (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6834 *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6837 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6840 /******************************************************************************
6841 * Check the cable polarity
6843 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6844 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
6845 * 1 - Polarity is reversed.
6847 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6850 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
6851 * Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
6852 * 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
6853 * return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
6854 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
6855 *****************************************************************************/
6857 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6858 e1000_rev_polarity *polarity)
6863 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
6865 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6866 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6867 /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
6868 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6872 *polarity = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
6873 M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
6874 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6876 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6877 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6878 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6879 /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
6880 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
6885 /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
6886 * find the polarity status */
6887 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
6888 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
6890 /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
6891 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
6896 /* Check the polarity bits */
6897 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ?
6898 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6900 /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
6901 * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
6902 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED) ?
6903 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6905 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6906 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
6910 *polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
6911 IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT) ?
6912 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6914 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6917 /******************************************************************************
6918 * Check if Downshift occured
6920 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6921 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
6922 * 1 - Downshift ocured.
6924 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6927 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
6928 * Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
6929 * Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
6930 * read it immediately after link is established.
6931 *****************************************************************************/
6933 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6938 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
6940 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6941 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6942 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6943 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
6948 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
6949 } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6950 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6951 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6956 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
6957 M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
6958 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6959 /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
6960 hw->speed_downgraded = FALSE;
6963 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6966 /*****************************************************************************
6968 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
6969 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
6971 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6973 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
6974 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6976 ****************************************************************************/
6979 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6983 uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
6984 uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6985 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
6986 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
6987 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
6988 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
6989 uint16_t min_length, max_length;
6991 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
6993 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
6994 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6997 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
6999 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
7003 if (speed == SPEED_1000) {
7005 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
7009 if ((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
7010 min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
7012 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7013 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7018 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7020 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7025 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
7028 if ((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
7029 (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
7031 uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
7032 uint32_t idle_errs = 0;
7034 /* clear previous idle error counts */
7035 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7040 for (i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
7042 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7047 idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
7048 if (idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
7049 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
7051 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
7052 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7053 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
7060 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
7065 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
7066 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7067 * the end of the routines. */
7068 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7073 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7074 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7081 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7082 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7085 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7086 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
7090 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7091 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
7093 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
7098 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7099 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7105 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7106 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7111 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
7114 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
7115 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7116 * the end of the routines. */
7117 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7122 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7123 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7130 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7131 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7134 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7135 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
7139 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7140 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7146 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7147 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7152 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
7155 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7158 /*****************************************************************************
7159 * Set PHY to class A mode
7160 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
7161 * 1. Do a PHY soft reset
7162 * 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
7164 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7165 ****************************************************************************/
7167 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7170 uint16_t eeprom_data;
7172 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
7174 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
7175 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
7176 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
7181 if ((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
7182 (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
7183 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
7186 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
7190 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
7194 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7197 /*****************************************************************************
7199 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
7200 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7201 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7202 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7203 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7204 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7206 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7207 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7209 ****************************************************************************/
7212 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7215 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7218 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
7220 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
7221 && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
7222 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7224 /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
7225 * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
7226 * Dx transitions and states */
7227 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7228 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
7231 } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7232 /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
7233 * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
7234 * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
7235 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7237 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7243 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7244 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7245 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7246 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7250 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7251 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7252 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7254 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7255 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7262 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7263 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7264 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7266 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7267 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7272 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7273 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7277 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7278 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7283 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7284 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7290 } else if ((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
7291 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
7292 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
7294 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7295 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7296 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7297 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7301 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7302 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7303 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7305 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7306 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7313 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7314 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7318 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7319 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7324 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7327 /*****************************************************************************
7329 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
7330 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7331 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7332 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7333 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7334 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7336 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7337 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7339 ****************************************************************************/
7342 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7345 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7348 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
7350 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
7351 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7353 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7354 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7356 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7362 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7363 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7364 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7366 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7367 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7372 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7373 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7374 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7376 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7377 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7382 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7383 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7387 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7388 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7393 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7394 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7403 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7404 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7405 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7407 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7408 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7413 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7414 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7418 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7419 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7424 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7427 /******************************************************************************
7428 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
7430 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7431 *****************************************************************************/
7433 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7436 uint16_t default_page = 0;
7439 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
7441 switch (hw->mac_type) {
7442 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
7443 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
7446 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7449 /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
7451 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
7455 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
7459 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7463 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
7464 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7468 /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
7470 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
7474 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7478 phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
7479 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7483 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
7487 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7491 /*****************************************************************************
7492 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
7494 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
7495 ****************************************************************************/
7497 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
7500 uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
7501 uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
7503 length = (length >> 2);
7504 offset = (offset >> 2);
7506 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7507 *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
7508 E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
7510 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7514 /*****************************************************************************
7515 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
7516 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
7517 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
7519 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
7521 * - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7522 ****************************************************************************/
7524 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7529 /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
7530 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7531 if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
7532 DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
7533 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7535 /* check the previous command is completed */
7536 for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
7537 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7538 if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
7543 if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
7544 DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
7545 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7547 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7550 /*****************************************************************************
7551 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
7552 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
7553 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
7555 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7556 ****************************************************************************/
7558 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7559 uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
7562 uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
7564 uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
7566 /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
7568 if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
7569 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
7572 tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
7573 prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
7578 data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
7579 for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7580 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7583 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
7584 length -= j - prev_bytes;
7588 remaining = length & 0x3;
7589 length -= remaining;
7591 /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
7594 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
7596 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7597 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7598 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7602 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7605 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7607 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7613 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7616 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7620 /*****************************************************************************
7621 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
7623 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7624 ****************************************************************************/
7626 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
7627 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
7633 /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
7636 uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
7638 sum = hdr->checksum;
7641 buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
7646 hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
7649 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
7650 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7651 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
7652 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
7655 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7659 /*****************************************************************************
7660 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
7661 * one write operation by the driver.
7663 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7664 ****************************************************************************/
7666 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7670 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7671 /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
7672 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
7674 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7678 /*****************************************************************************
7679 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
7681 * returns - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
7682 ****************************************************************************/
7684 e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7688 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7690 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7691 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7692 (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7694 } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7695 (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7702 /*****************************************************************************
7703 * This function writes the dhcp info .
7704 ****************************************************************************/
7706 e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7710 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
7712 hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
7713 hdr.command_length = length;
7718 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7719 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7720 ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
7722 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7723 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
7724 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
7725 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
7732 /*****************************************************************************
7733 * This function calculates the checksum.
7735 * returns - checksum of buffer contents.
7736 ****************************************************************************/
7738 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
7746 for (i=0; i < length; i++)
7749 return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
7752 /*****************************************************************************
7753 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
7755 * returns - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
7756 ****************************************************************************/
7758 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7760 /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
7762 int32_t ret_val, checksum;
7763 boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
7764 struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
7765 uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
7767 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
7768 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7769 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7770 ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
7771 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7772 checksum = hdr->checksum;
7774 if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
7775 checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
7776 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
7778 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
7787 hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
7791 /******************************************************************************
7792 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
7794 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7796 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
7798 *****************************************************************************/
7800 e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7803 uint32_t fwsm, factps;
7805 if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
7806 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
7808 if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
7809 !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
7811 if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
7812 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7813 factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);
7815 if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7816 (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
7817 (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
7820 if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
7827 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7830 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
7833 /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
7835 /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
7837 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7840 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
7844 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7848 /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
7849 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7850 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7854 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7858 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7862 if ((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
7866 /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
7869 /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
7871 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7875 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
7879 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
7883 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
7887 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7891 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
7892 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7893 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7897 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7901 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7905 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
7908 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7911 /***************************************************************************
7913 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
7915 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7919 ***************************************************************************/
7921 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7925 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
7927 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7930 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
7931 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
7932 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
7935 /*******************************************************************************
7937 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
7939 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7941 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
7942 * caused the master requests to be disabled.
7943 * E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
7945 ******************************************************************************/
7947 e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7949 int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
7951 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
7953 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7954 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7956 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
7959 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
7967 DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
7968 return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
7971 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7974 /*******************************************************************************
7976 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
7978 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7980 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
7981 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7983 ******************************************************************************/
7985 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7987 int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
7989 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
7991 switch (hw->mac_type) {
7998 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8001 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
8008 DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
8009 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8014 /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
8015 * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
8017 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
8020 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8023 /***************************************************************************
8024 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
8026 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8028 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
8029 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8031 ***************************************************************************/
8033 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8035 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8036 uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
8038 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
8040 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8044 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8045 /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
8046 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
8047 cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
8052 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
8059 DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
8060 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8065 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8068 /***************************************************************************
8070 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
8071 * adapter or Eeprom access.
8073 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8075 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
8076 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8078 ***************************************************************************/
8080 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8085 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8087 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8088 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8090 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8091 /* Get the SW semaphore. */
8092 if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
8093 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8096 /* Get the FW semaphore. */
8097 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8099 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8100 swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
8101 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8102 /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
8103 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8104 if (swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
8112 /* Release semaphores */
8113 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
8114 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
8115 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8118 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8121 /***************************************************************************
8122 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
8124 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8128 ***************************************************************************/
8130 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8134 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8136 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8139 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8140 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8141 /* Release both semaphores. */
8142 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8144 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8145 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8148 /***************************************************************************
8150 * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
8152 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8154 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
8155 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8157 ***************************************************************************/
8159 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8161 int32_t timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8164 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");
8166 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
8167 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8171 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8172 /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
8173 if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
8180 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
8181 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8184 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8187 /***************************************************************************
8189 * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
8191 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8193 ***************************************************************************/
8195 e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8199 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");
8201 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
8205 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8206 /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
8207 swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
8208 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8211 /******************************************************************************
8212 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
8213 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
8214 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
8216 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8218 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
8221 *****************************************************************************/
8223 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8228 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8229 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8230 return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
8231 : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
8234 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
8235 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
8236 return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
8237 E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
8241 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8245 /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
8246 * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
8247 * enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
8248 * if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
8250 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8254 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8255 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8256 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
8268 /******************************************************************************
8269 * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
8271 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
8272 * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
8274 * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
8276 *****************************************************************************/
8278 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop)
8280 uint32_t gcr_reg = 0;
8282 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");
8284 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
8285 e1000_get_bus_info(hw);
8287 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
8288 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8291 gcr_reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
8292 gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
8293 gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
8294 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr_reg);
8296 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8299 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
8301 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
8302 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
8303 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
8306 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8309 /***************************************************************************
8311 * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8312 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8315 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8317 ***************************************************************************/
8319 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8321 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8322 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8324 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");
8326 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8328 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8329 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8330 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8332 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8333 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
8340 DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
8341 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
8345 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8348 /***************************************************************************
8350 * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8351 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8354 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8356 ***************************************************************************/
8358 e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8360 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8362 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");
8364 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8365 extcnf_ctrl= E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8366 extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8367 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8373 /******************************************************************************
8374 * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8377 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8378 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
8379 * data - word read from the EEPROM
8380 * words - number of words to read
8381 *****************************************************************************/
8383 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8386 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8387 uint32_t flash_bank = 0;
8388 uint32_t act_offset = 0;
8389 uint32_t bank_offset = 0;
8393 /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank. In the event
8394 * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
8395 * managing flash_bank. So it cannot be trusted and needs
8396 * to be updated with each read.
8398 /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
8399 flash_bank = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;
8401 /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
8402 bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);
8404 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8405 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8408 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8409 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
8410 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified == TRUE) {
8411 data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
8413 /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
8414 act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
8415 error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
8416 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8422 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8427 /******************************************************************************
8428 * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8429 * register. Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
8430 * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram. e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
8431 * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
8433 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8434 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
8435 * words - number of words to write
8436 * data - words to write to the EEPROM
8437 *****************************************************************************/
8439 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8443 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8445 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8446 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8449 /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
8450 * allocated. Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
8451 * this cached structure as well. Writes will only go into this
8452 * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
8453 * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
8454 * and clear the "modified" field.
8456 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
8457 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8458 if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
8459 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = TRUE;
8460 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
8462 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8467 /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
8468 * as they don't perform any NVM writes. An attempt in doing so
8469 * will result in this error.
8471 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8474 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8479 /******************************************************************************
8480 * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
8483 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8484 ****************************************************************************/
8486 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8488 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8489 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8492 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");
8494 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8496 /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
8497 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
8498 DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid. SW Sequencing must be used.");
8502 /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
8503 /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
8504 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
8505 hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;
8507 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8509 /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
8510 * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
8511 * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
8512 * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
8513 * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
8514 * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
8515 * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
8516 * start the cycle at the same time */
8518 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8519 /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
8520 /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
8521 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8522 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8523 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8525 /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
8526 * to end before giving up. */
8527 for (i = 0; i < ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
8528 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8529 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8530 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8535 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8536 /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
8537 * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
8538 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8539 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8541 DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
8547 /******************************************************************************
8548 * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
8550 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8551 ****************************************************************************/
8553 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout)
8555 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8556 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8557 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8560 /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
8561 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8562 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
8563 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8565 /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
8567 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8568 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
8572 } while (i < timeout);
8573 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
8574 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8579 /******************************************************************************
8580 * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8582 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8583 * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
8584 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8585 * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
8586 *****************************************************************************/
8588 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
8589 uint32_t size, uint16_t* data)
8591 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8592 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8593 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8594 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8595 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8598 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");
8600 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data == 0x0 ||
8601 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8604 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8605 hw->flash_base_addr;
8610 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8611 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8614 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8615 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8616 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
8617 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_READ;
8618 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8620 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8622 /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */
8624 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8626 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8628 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8629 * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
8630 * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
8631 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8632 flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0);
8634 *data = (uint8_t)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
8635 } else if (size == 2) {
8636 *data = (uint16_t)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
8640 /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
8641 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8642 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8644 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8645 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8646 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8648 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8649 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8653 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8658 /******************************************************************************
8659 * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8661 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8662 * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
8663 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8664 * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
8665 *****************************************************************************/
8667 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size,
8670 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8671 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8672 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8673 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8674 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8677 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");
8679 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
8680 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8683 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8684 hw->flash_base_addr;
8689 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8690 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8693 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8694 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8695 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
8696 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_WRITE;
8697 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8699 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8701 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8704 flash_data = (uint32_t)data & 0x00FF;
8706 flash_data = (uint32_t)data;
8708 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);
8710 /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8711 * sequence a few more times else done */
8712 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8713 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8716 /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
8717 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8718 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8720 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8721 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8722 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8724 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8725 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8729 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8734 /******************************************************************************
8735 * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8737 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8738 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8739 * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
8740 *****************************************************************************/
8742 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t* data)
8744 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8747 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
8748 if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8749 *data = (uint8_t)word;
8755 /******************************************************************************
8756 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8757 * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
8758 * a retry algorithm before giving up.
8760 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8761 * index - The index of the byte to write.
8762 * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
8763 *****************************************************************************/
8765 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte)
8767 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8768 int32_t program_retries = 0;
8770 DEBUGOUT2("Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
8772 error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8774 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
8775 for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
8776 DEBUGOUT2("Retrying \t Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
8777 error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8779 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS)
8784 if (program_retries == 100)
8785 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8790 /******************************************************************************
8791 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8793 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8794 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8795 * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
8796 *****************************************************************************/
8798 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t data)
8800 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8801 uint16_t word = (uint16_t)data;
8803 status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);
8808 /******************************************************************************
8809 * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8811 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8812 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
8813 * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
8814 *****************************************************************************/
8816 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data)
8818 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8819 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
8823 /******************************************************************************
8824 * Erases the bank specified. Each bank may be a 4, 8 or 64k block. Banks are 0
8827 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8828 * bank - 0 for first bank, 1 for second bank
8830 * Note that this function may actually erase as much as 8 or 64 KBytes. The
8831 * amount of NVM used in each bank is a *minimum* of 4 KBytes, but in fact the
8832 * bank size may be 4, 8 or 64 KBytes
8833 *****************************************************************************/
8835 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t bank)
8837 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8838 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8839 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8841 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8843 int32_t sub_sector_size = 0;
8846 int32_t error_flag = 0;
8848 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8850 /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
8851 /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
8852 * consecutive sectors. The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
8853 * calculated as bank * 4096 + n * 256
8854 * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
8855 * The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
8857 * 10: The HW sector is 8K bytes
8858 * 11: The Hw sector size is 64K bytes */
8859 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
8860 /* Hw sector size 256 */
8861 sub_sector_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8862 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
8863 iteration = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8864 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
8865 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
8867 } else if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan &&
8868 hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x2) {
8869 /* 8K erase size invalid for ICH8 - added in for ICH9 */
8870 bank_size = ICH9_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_8K;
8872 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
8873 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
8879 for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
8883 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8884 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
8889 /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
8891 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8892 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_ERASE;
8893 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8895 /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
8896 * Linear address field in Flash Address. This probably needs to
8897 * be calculated here based off the on-chip erase sector size and
8898 * the software bank size (4, 8 or 64 KBytes) */
8899 flash_linear_address = bank * bank_size + j * sub_sector_size;
8900 flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;
8901 flash_linear_address &= ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
8903 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8905 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_ERASE_TIMEOUT);
8906 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1. If 1, clear it and try the whole
8907 * sequence a few more times else Done */
8908 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8911 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8912 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8913 /* repeat for some time before giving up */
8915 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8920 } while ((count < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
8921 if (error_flag == 1)
8924 if (error_flag != 1)
8925 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8930 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
8931 uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size)
8933 uint32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
8934 uint16_t word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
8937 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
8938 word_addr = (uint16_t)(cnf_base_addr << 1);
8940 /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
8941 for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
8942 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, ®_data);
8946 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, ®_addr);
8950 ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8951 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
8954 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (uint32_t)reg_addr, reg_data);
8956 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8963 /******************************************************************************
8964 * This function initializes the PHY from the NVM on ICH8 platforms. This
8965 * is needed due to an issue where the NVM configuration is not properly
8966 * autoloaded after power transitions. Therefore, after each PHY reset, we
8967 * will load the configuration data out of the NVM manually.
8969 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8970 *****************************************************************************/
8972 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8974 uint32_t reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;
8976 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
8977 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8979 /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
8980 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FEXTNVM);
8981 if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
8982 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8984 /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
8987 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
8990 } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));
8992 /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
8993 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
8994 reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
8995 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
8997 /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
8998 before SW configuration */
8999 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
9000 if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
9001 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_SIZE);
9002 cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
9005 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
9006 cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
9007 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
9008 cnf_base_addr >>= 16;
9010 /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
9011 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
9018 return E1000_SUCCESS;